From: Steve Hay Date: Thu, 21 Jul 2005 14:20:06 +0000 (+0000) Subject: Rearrange win32/config_H.* to match config_h.SH X-Git-Url: http://git.shadowcat.co.uk/gitweb/gitweb.cgi?a=commitdiff_plain;h=b40906a9a3a195cf3ea96490cc4a691baeca3abe;p=p5sagit%2Fp5-mst-13.2.git Rearrange win32/config_H.* to match config_h.SH No actual changes, just reordering the contents of the files so that diff works better. p4raw-id: //depot/perl@25206 --- diff --git a/win32/config_H.bc b/win32/config_H.bc index adccb81..cf2848d 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.bc +++ b/win32/config_H.bc @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:45 2003 + * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:35 2003 * Configured by : gsar * Target system : */ @@ -26,12 +26,6 @@ */ #define LOC_SED "" /**/ -/* HAS_AINTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is - * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. - */ -/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ - /* HAS_ALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is * available. @@ -710,12 +704,6 @@ */ #define I_MATH /**/ -/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION - * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. - */ -/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ - /* I_MEMORY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -881,47 +869,6 @@ */ /*#define I_VFORK /**/ -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. - */ -/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ -# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif - /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is * available to do extended access checks. @@ -946,6 +893,40 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. + */ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. + */ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -957,6 +938,69 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... @@ -1000,6 +1044,86 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +#define CPPMINUS "" +#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON" +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine + * is available to asctime re-entrantly. + */ +/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. + * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ +#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1021,794 +1145,743 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. + * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ +#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_CTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine + * is available to ctime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* CTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. + * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ +/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ +#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_DRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine + * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. + * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ +#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine + * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r + * is defined. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ +#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine + * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r + * is defined. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ +#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer) -#endif +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.3")) /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.3")) /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine + * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ +/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. + * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ +#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "" -#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON" -#define CPPLAST "" +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results +/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine + * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. +/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ +#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. +/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine + * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. +/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ +#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. +/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine + * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. +/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ +#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine + * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ +#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_GMTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine + * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. +/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. + * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ +/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ +#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ /* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long @@ -1837,12 +1910,32 @@ #define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ #endif +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -1850,6 +1943,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -1862,48 +1962,217 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_RANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine + * is available to random re-entrantly. + */ +/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. + * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ +#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_READDIR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine + * is available to readdir re-entrantly. + */ +/* READDIR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ +#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk(int); + * extern void* sbrk(size_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine + * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ +#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ /* HAS_SETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is @@ -1917,12 +2186,31 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + /* HAS_SETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. */ /*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ +/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine + * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ +#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETSERVENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is * available. @@ -1936,25 +2224,60 @@ */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SHM /**/ -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ /* HAS_SOCKET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is @@ -2003,6 +2326,44 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* HAS_SRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine + * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. + * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ +#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine + * is available to srandom re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. + * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ +#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. @@ -2011,10 +2372,103 @@ /*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ #endif -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ /* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is @@ -2030,12 +2484,100 @@ #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ #define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* HAS_STRERROR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine + * is available to strerror re-entrantly. + */ +/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. + * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ +#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ + /* HAS_STRTOUL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ #define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir(DIR*); + */ +#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_UALARM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is + * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. + */ +/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ + /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is * defined by including . If not, the user code @@ -2058,6 +2600,19 @@ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ +/* HAS_UNORDERED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is + * available to check whether two doubles are unordered + * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) + */ +/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + /* HAS_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ @@ -2071,45 +2626,213 @@ */ #define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* HAS_WRITEV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is + * available to do scatter writes. */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ +/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. */ -/*#define I_NDBM /**/ +#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define I_NETDB /**/ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ + +/* I_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NETDB /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ /* PWQUOTA: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd @@ -2153,1377 +2876,1141 @@ /*#define PWGECOS /**/ /*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ + +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "USR1", "USR2", "CHLD", "NUM19", "USR3", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ -/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is - * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ - -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ -/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" - * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ +/*#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. +/* NEED_VA_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores + * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format + * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some + * other means must be used when copying is required. + * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) + * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- + * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ +/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ +/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ +# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 +#endif -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. +/* IVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. +/* UVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. +/* I8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. +/* U8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* I16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* U16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. +/* I32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* U32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. +/* I64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - -/* HAS_ILOGBL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is - * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* U64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. */ -/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. +/* NVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* IVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. +/* UVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. +/* I8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. +/* U8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. +/* I16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. +/* U16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. +/* I32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. +/* U32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. +/* I64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). */ -/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. +/* U64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. +/* NVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: + * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. +/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ +#define IVTYPE long /**/ +#define UVTYPE unsigned long /**/ +#define I8TYPE char /**/ +#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ +#define I16TYPE short /**/ +#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ +#define I32TYPE long /**/ +#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ +#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ +#endif +#define NVTYPE double /**/ +#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ +#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ +#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ +#endif +#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 +#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +#if 4 == 8 +# ifdef BYTEORDER +# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# else +# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. +/* IVdf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV + * as a signed decimal integer. */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. +/* UVuf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned decimal integer. */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* UVof: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned octal integer. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope - * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of - * a thread attribute object. +/* UVxf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ - -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need - * and there I_SYSUIO. +/* UVXf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/* NVef: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %e-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk(int); - * extern void* sbrk(size_t); +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SCALBNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is - * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ +#define IVdf "ld" /**/ +#define UVuf "lu" /**/ +#define UVof "lo" /**/ +#define UVxf "lx" /**/ +#define UVXf "lX" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.3")) /**/ -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "USR1", "USR2", "CHLD", "NUM19", "USR3", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ -/* HAS_STRLCAT - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat routine is - * available to do string concatenation. +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRLCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy routine is - * available to do string copying. +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.3")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); +/* STARTPERL: + * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl + * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not + * some shell. */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ +#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir(DIR*); +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array + * holding the stdio streams. */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_UALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is - * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. +/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. + * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. */ -/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY -/* HAS_UNORDERED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is - * available to check whether two doubles are unordered - * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. */ -/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_WRITEV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is - * available to do scatter writes. - */ -/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. +/* USE_64_BIT_INT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible + * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. + * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory + * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. +/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible + * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will + * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is + * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not + * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or + * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT +/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ +#endif -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL +/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ +#endif -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. +/* USE_LARGE_FILES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support + * should be used when available. */ -#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ +#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES +#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +#endif -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should + * be used when available. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ +#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE +/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#endif -/* I_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_MORE_BITS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and + * long doubles should be used when available. */ -/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS +/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ +#endif -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* MULTIPLICITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use multiplicity. */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ +#ifndef MULTIPLICITY +#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ +#endif -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_PERLIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should + * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be + * used in a fully backward compatible manner. */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ +#ifndef USE_PERLIO +#define USE_PERLIO /**/ +#endif -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use socks. */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ +#ifndef USE_SOCKS +/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ +#endif -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ - -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define I_PROT /**/ - -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ - -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats */ -/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ - -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions */ -/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ + +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* NEED_VA_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores - * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format - * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some - * other means must be used when copying is required. - * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) - * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- - * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ -/* IVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. - */ -/* UVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. - */ -/* I8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. - */ -/* U8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. - */ -/* I16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. - */ -/* U16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. - */ -/* I32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. - */ -/* U32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. - */ -/* I64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. - */ -/* U64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. - */ -/* NVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. - */ -/* IVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). - */ -/* UVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). - */ -/* I8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). - */ -/* U8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). - */ -/* I16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). - */ -/* U16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). - */ -/* I32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). - */ -/* U32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). - */ -/* I64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). - */ -/* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: - * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); */ -#define IVTYPE long /**/ -#define UVTYPE unsigned long /**/ -#define I8TYPE char /**/ -#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ -#define I16TYPE short /**/ -#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ -#define I32TYPE long /**/ -#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ -#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ -#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () #endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 -#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* HAS_AINTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is + * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. +/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ + +/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is + * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. */ -/* UVXf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. +/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ + +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ + +/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" + * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. +#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ + +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#define IVdf "ld" /**/ -#define UVuf "lu" /**/ -#define UVof "lo" /**/ -#define UVxf "lx" /**/ -#define UVXf "lX" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ -/* STARTPERL: - * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl - * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not - * some shell. +/* HAS_ILOGBL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is + * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. */ -#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ +/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ -/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array - * holding the stdio streams. - */ -/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. +/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION + * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ -/* USE_64_BIT_INT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible - * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. - * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory - * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. - */ -/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible - * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will - * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is - * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not - * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or - * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT -/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ -#endif - -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL -/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ -/* USE_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use 'fast stdio'. - * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO -/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_LARGE_FILES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support - * should be used when available. +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. */ -#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES -#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ #endif -/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should - * be used when available. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope + * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of + * a thread attribute object. */ -#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE -/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ -/* USE_MORE_BITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and - * long doubles should be used when available. +/* HAS_SCALBNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is + * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. */ -#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS -/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ -/* MULTIPLICITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use multiplicity. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICITY -#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* USE_PERLIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should - * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be - * used in a fully backward compatible manner. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -#ifndef USE_PERLIO -#define USE_PERLIO /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ -/* USE_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use socks. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); */ -#ifndef USE_SOCKS -/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_STRLCAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is + * available to do string concatenation. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_STRLCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is + * available to do string copying. */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define I_FP /**/ -/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine - * is available to asctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. - * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r - * is defined. +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ -#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. +/* USE_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use 'fast stdio'. + * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. */ -/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. - * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r - * is defined. +#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO +/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ +#endif + +/* PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries + * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ -#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "" /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine @@ -3538,45 +4025,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CTERMID_R /**/ #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine - * is available to ctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* CTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. - * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ -#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_DRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine - * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. - * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ -#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine - * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ -#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -3616,19 +4064,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine - * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ -#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -3642,45 +4077,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -3720,19 +4116,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine - * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. - * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ -#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -3811,45 +4194,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine - * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ -#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine - * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ -#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine - * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ -#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -3882,99 +4226,18 @@ */ /* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r. - * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ -#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine - * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ -#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GMTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine - * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. - * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ -#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available to setup fork handlers. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ - -/* HAS_RANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine - * is available to random re-entrantly. - */ -/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. - * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ -#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ +#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available to setup fork handlers. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ /* HAS_READDIR64_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine @@ -3989,32 +4252,6 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR64_R /**/ #define READDIR64_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_READDIR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine - * is available to readdir re-entrantly. - */ -/* READDIR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. - * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ -#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine - * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ -#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -4067,19 +4304,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine - * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ -#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -4093,58 +4317,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine - * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. - * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ -#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine - * is available to srandom re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. - * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ -#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine - * is available to strerror re-entrantly. - */ -/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. - * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ -#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. - * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. @@ -4158,157 +4330,4 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. - */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ - -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ - #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc b/win32/config_H.gc index 1340061..2ed4ea5 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.gc +++ b/win32/config_H.gc @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:51 2003 + * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:35 2003 * Configured by : gsar * Target system : */ @@ -26,12 +26,6 @@ */ #define LOC_SED "" /**/ -/* HAS_AINTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is - * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. - */ -/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ - /* HAS_ALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is * available. @@ -710,12 +704,6 @@ */ #define I_MATH /**/ -/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION - * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. - */ -/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ - /* I_MEMORY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -881,47 +869,6 @@ */ /*#define I_VFORK /**/ -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. - */ -/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t long long /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned long long /**/ -# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif - /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is * available to do extended access checks. @@ -946,6 +893,40 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. + */ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. + */ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -957,6 +938,69 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... @@ -1000,6 +1044,86 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" +#define CPPMINUS "-" +#define CPPRUN "gcc -E" +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine + * is available to asctime re-entrantly. + */ +/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. + * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ +#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1021,799 +1145,743 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. + * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ +#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_CTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine + * is available to ctime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* CTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. + * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ +/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ +#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_DRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine + * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. + * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ +#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine + * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r + * is defined. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ +#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine + * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r + * is defined. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ +#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.3")) /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.3")) /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine + * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ +/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. + * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ +#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" -#define CPPMINUS "-" -#define CPPRUN "gcc -E" -#define CPPLAST "" - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ -/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from - * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of - * the compiler version in . +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. */ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results +/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine + * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. +/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ +#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. +/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine + * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. +/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ +#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. +/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine + * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. +/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ +#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine + * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ +#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_GMTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine + * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. +/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. + * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ +/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ +#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ /* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long @@ -1842,12 +1910,32 @@ #define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ #endif +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -1855,6 +1943,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -1867,46 +1962,215 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_RANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine + * is available to random re-entrantly. + */ +/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. + * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ +#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_READDIR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine + * is available to readdir re-entrantly. + */ +/* READDIR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ +#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk(int); + * extern void* sbrk(size_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine + * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ +#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. */ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ @@ -1922,12 +2186,31 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + /* HAS_SETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. */ /*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ +/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine + * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ +#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETSERVENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is * available. @@ -1941,25 +2224,60 @@ */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SHM /**/ -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ /* HAS_SOCKET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is @@ -2008,6 +2326,44 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* HAS_SRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine + * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. + * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ +#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine + * is available to srandom re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. + * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ +#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. @@ -2016,7 +2372,100 @@ /*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ #endif -/* HAS_STRERROR: +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. @@ -2035,12 +2484,100 @@ #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ #define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* HAS_STRERROR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine + * is available to strerror re-entrantly. + */ +/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. + * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ +#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ + /* HAS_STRTOUL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ #define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir(DIR*); + */ +#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_UALARM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is + * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. + */ +/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ + /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is * defined by including . If not, the user code @@ -2063,6 +2600,19 @@ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ +/* HAS_UNORDERED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is + * available to check whether two doubles are unordered + * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) + */ +/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + /* HAS_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ @@ -2076,49 +2626,217 @@ */ #define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* HAS_WRITEV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is + * available to do scatter writes. */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ +/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. */ -/*#define I_NDBM /**/ +#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define I_NETDB /**/ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ + +/* I_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NETDB /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. */ /* PWAGE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd @@ -2158,1377 +2876,1145 @@ /*#define PWGECOS /**/ /*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ -/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is - * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - -/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" - * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. */ -#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t long long /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ +#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. +/* NEED_VA_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores + * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format + * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some + * other means must be used when copying is required. + * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) + * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- + * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ +/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ +/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# define Quad_t long long /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned long long /**/ +# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 +#endif -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. +/* IVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. +/* UVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. +/* I8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. +/* U8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* I16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* U16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. +/* I32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* U32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. +/* I64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - -/* HAS_ILOGBL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is - * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* U64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. */ -/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. +/* NVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* IVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. +/* UVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. +/* I8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. +/* U8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. +/* I16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. +/* U16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. +/* I32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. +/* U32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. +/* I64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). */ -/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. +/* U64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. +/* NVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: + * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. +/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ +#define IVTYPE long /**/ +#define UVTYPE unsigned long /**/ +#define I8TYPE char /**/ +#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ +#define I16TYPE short /**/ +#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ +#define I32TYPE long /**/ +#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64TYPE long long /**/ +#define U64TYPE unsigned long long /**/ +#endif +#define NVTYPE double /**/ +#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ +#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ +#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ +#endif +#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 +#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +#if 4 == 8 +# ifdef BYTEORDER +# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# else +# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. +/* IVdf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV + * as a signed decimal integer. */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. +/* UVuf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned decimal integer. */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* UVof: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned octal integer. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope - * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of - * a thread attribute object. +/* UVxf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ - -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need - * and there I_SYSUIO. +/* UVXf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/* NVef: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %e-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk(int); - * extern void* sbrk(size_t); +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SCALBNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is - * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ +#define IVdf "ld" /**/ +#define UVuf "lu" /**/ +#define UVof "lo" /**/ +#define UVxf "lx" /**/ +#define UVXf "lX" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.3")) /**/ -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ -/* HAS_STRLCAT - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat routine is - * available to do string concatenation. +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRLCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy routine is - * available to do string copying. +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.3")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); +/* STARTPERL: + * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl + * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not + * some shell. */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ +#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir(DIR*); +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ +#define STDCHAR char /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array + * holding the stdio streams. */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif +/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. + * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. + */ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY -/* HAS_UALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is - * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. */ -/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ -/* HAS_UNORDERED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is - * available to check whether two doubles are unordered - * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. */ -/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ -/* HAS_WRITEV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is - * available to do scatter writes. +/* USE_64_BIT_INT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible + * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. + * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory + * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. */ -/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ - -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. +/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible + * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will + * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is + * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not + * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or + * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. */ -#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT +/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ +#endif -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. - */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. - */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL +/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ +#endif -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_LARGE_FILES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support + * should be used when available. */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ +#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES +#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +#endif -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. +/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should + * be used when available. */ -#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ +#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE +/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#endif -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_MORE_BITS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and + * long doubles should be used when available. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ +#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS +/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ +#endif -/* I_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* MULTIPLICITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use multiplicity. */ -/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +#ifndef MULTIPLICITY +#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ +#endif -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_PERLIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should + * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be + * used in a fully backward compatible manner. */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ +#ifndef USE_PERLIO +#define USE_PERLIO /**/ +#endif -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use socks. */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ +#ifndef USE_SOCKS +/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ +#endif -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ - -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define I_PROT /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ - -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from + * one version of GCC to another. Instead, they are defined on the basis of + * the compiler version in . */ -/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ - -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats */ -/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ - -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions */ -/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ + +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* NEED_VA_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores - * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format - * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some - * other means must be used when copying is required. - * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) - * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- - * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ -/* IVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. - */ -/* UVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. - */ -/* I8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. - */ -/* U8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. - */ -/* I16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. - */ -/* U16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. - */ -/* I32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. - */ -/* U32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. - */ -/* I64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. - */ -/* U64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. - */ -/* NVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. - */ -/* IVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). - */ -/* UVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). - */ -/* I8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). - */ -/* U8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). - */ -/* I16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). - */ -/* U16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). - */ -/* I32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). - */ -/* U32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). - */ -/* I64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). - */ -/* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: - * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); */ -#define IVTYPE long /**/ -#define UVTYPE unsigned long /**/ -#define I8TYPE char /**/ -#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ -#define I16TYPE short /**/ -#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ -#define I32TYPE long /**/ -#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE long long /**/ -#define U64TYPE unsigned long long /**/ -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ -#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () #endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 -#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* HAS_AINTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is + * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. +/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ + +/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is + * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. */ -/* UVXf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. +/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ + +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ + +/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" + * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. +#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ + +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#define IVdf "ld" /**/ -#define UVuf "lu" /**/ -#define UVof "lo" /**/ -#define UVxf "lx" /**/ -#define UVXf "lX" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ -/* STARTPERL: - * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl - * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not - * some shell. +/* HAS_ILOGBL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is + * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. */ -#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ +/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ -/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array - * holding the stdio streams. - */ -/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. +/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION + * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ -/* USE_64_BIT_INT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible - * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. - * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory - * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. - */ -/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible - * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will - * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is - * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not - * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or - * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT -/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ -#endif - -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL -/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ -/* USE_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use 'fast stdio'. - * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO -/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_LARGE_FILES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support - * should be used when available. +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. */ -#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES -#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ #endif -/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should - * be used when available. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope + * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of + * a thread attribute object. */ -#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE -/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ -/* USE_MORE_BITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and - * long doubles should be used when available. +/* HAS_SCALBNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is + * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. */ -#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS -/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ -/* MULTIPLICITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use multiplicity. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICITY -#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* USE_PERLIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should - * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be - * used in a fully backward compatible manner. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -#ifndef USE_PERLIO -#define USE_PERLIO /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ -/* USE_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use socks. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); */ -#ifndef USE_SOCKS -/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_STRLCAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is + * available to do string concatenation. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_STRLCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is + * available to do string copying. */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define I_FP /**/ -/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine - * is available to asctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. - * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r - * is defined. +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ -#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. +/* USE_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use 'fast stdio'. + * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. */ -/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. - * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r - * is defined. +#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO +/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ +#endif + +/* PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries + * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ -#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "" /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine @@ -3543,45 +4029,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CTERMID_R /**/ #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine - * is available to ctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* CTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. - * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ -#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_DRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine - * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. - * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ -#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine - * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ -#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -3621,19 +4068,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine - * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ -#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -3647,45 +4081,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -3725,19 +4120,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine - * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. - * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ -#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -3816,45 +4198,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine - * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ -#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine - * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ -#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine - * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ -#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -3887,99 +4230,18 @@ */ /* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r. - * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ -#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine - * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ -#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GMTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine - * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. - * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ -#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available to setup fork handlers. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ - -/* HAS_RANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine - * is available to random re-entrantly. - */ -/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. - * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ -#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ +#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available to setup fork handlers. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ /* HAS_READDIR64_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine @@ -3994,32 +4256,6 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR64_R /**/ #define READDIR64_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_READDIR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine - * is available to readdir re-entrantly. - */ -/* READDIR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. - * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ -#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine - * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ -#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -4072,19 +4308,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine - * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ -#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -4098,58 +4321,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine - * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. - * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ -#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine - * is available to srandom re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. - * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ -#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine - * is available to strerror re-entrantly. - */ -/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. - * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ -#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. - * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. @@ -4163,157 +4334,4 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t long long /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. - */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ - -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ - #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc b/win32/config_H.vc index b380158..319fdfd 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.vc +++ b/win32/config_H.vc @@ -26,12 +26,6 @@ */ #define LOC_SED "" /**/ -/* HAS_AINTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is - * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. - */ -/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ - /* HAS_ALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is * available. @@ -710,12 +704,6 @@ */ #define I_MATH /**/ -/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION - * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. - */ -/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ - /* I_MEMORY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -881,47 +869,6 @@ */ /*#define I_VFORK /**/ -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. - */ -/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ -# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif - /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is * available to do extended access checks. @@ -946,6 +893,40 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. + */ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. + */ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -957,6 +938,69 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... @@ -1000,6 +1044,86 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +#define CPPMINUS "" +#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine + * is available to asctime re-entrantly. + */ +/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. + * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ +#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1021,705 +1145,466 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. + * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ +#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_CTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine + * is available to ctime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* CTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. + * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ +/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ +#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_DRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine + * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ +/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. + * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ +#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine + * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r + * is defined. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ +#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine + * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r + * is defined. */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ +#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ + +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.2\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.2\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.2\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.2\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.2")) /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.2\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.2\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.2")) /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ - -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ #endif -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "" -#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" -#define CPPLAST "" +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats +/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine + * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. +/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. + * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ +#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments - */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results - */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. - */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ /* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is @@ -1733,6 +1618,21 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + /* HAS_GETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. @@ -1761,6 +1661,20 @@ #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ + /* HAS_GETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is * available for sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -1768,12 +1682,78 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ +/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine + * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ +#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine + * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ +#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine + * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ +#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETSERVENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is * available to look up network services in some data base or another. */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine + * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ +#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() * routine is available to look up services by their name. @@ -1785,17 +1765,45 @@ #define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ #define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_GMTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine + * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: +/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. + * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ +#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network * order byte swapping. @@ -1810,6 +1818,71 @@ #define HAS_NTOHL /**/ #define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ + +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. + */ +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long * doubles. @@ -1837,12 +1910,32 @@ #define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ #endif +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -1850,6 +1943,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -1862,99 +1962,322 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. +/* HAS_RANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine + * is available to random re-entrantly. */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. +/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. + * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ +#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* HAS_READDIR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine + * is available to readdir re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. +/* READDIR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ +#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk(int); + * extern void* sbrk(size_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine + * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ +#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine + * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ +#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. * to a line-buffered mode. */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SHM /**/ -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ /* HAS_SOCKET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is @@ -2003,6 +2326,44 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* HAS_SRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine + * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. + * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ +#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine + * is available to srandom re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. + * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ +#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. @@ -2011,17 +2372,110 @@ /*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ #endif -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. + */ +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] * array is there. @@ -2030,12 +2484,100 @@ #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ #define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* HAS_STRERROR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine + * is available to strerror re-entrantly. + */ +/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. + * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ +#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ + /* HAS_STRTOUL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ #define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir(DIR*); + */ +#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_UALARM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is + * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. + */ +/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ + /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is * defined by including . If not, the user code @@ -2058,6 +2600,19 @@ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ +/* HAS_UNORDERED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is + * available to check whether two doubles are unordered + * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) + */ +/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + /* HAS_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ @@ -2071,45 +2626,213 @@ */ #define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* HAS_WRITEV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is + * available to do scatter writes. */ -/*#define I_NDBM /**/ +/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. */ -/*#define I_NETDB /**/ +#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ + +/* I_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NETDB /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ /* PWQUOTA: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd @@ -2153,1377 +2876,1141 @@ /*#define PWGECOS /**/ /*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ + +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ -/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is - * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - -/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" - * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. */ -#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ - -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. +/* NEED_VA_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores + * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format + * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some + * other means must be used when copying is required. + * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) + * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- + * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ +/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ +/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ +# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 +#endif -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. +/* IVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. +/* UVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. +/* I8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* U8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* I16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. +/* U16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* I32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. +/* U32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - -/* HAS_ILOGBL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is - * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* I64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. */ -/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. +/* U64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* NVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. +/* IVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. +/* UVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. +/* I8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. +/* U8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. +/* I16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. +/* U16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. +/* I32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. +/* U32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). */ -/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. +/* I64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. +/* U64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. +/* NVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: + * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. +/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ +#define IVTYPE long /**/ +#define UVTYPE unsigned long /**/ +#define I8TYPE char /**/ +#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ +#define I16TYPE short /**/ +#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ +#define I32TYPE long /**/ +#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ +#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ +#endif +#define NVTYPE double /**/ +#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ +#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ +#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ +#endif +#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 +#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +#if 4 == 8 +# ifdef BYTEORDER +# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# else +# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. +/* IVdf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV + * as a signed decimal integer. */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* UVuf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned decimal integer. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope - * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of - * a thread attribute object. +/* UVof: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned octal integer. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ - -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need - * and there I_SYSUIO. +/* UVxf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/* UVXf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk(int); - * extern void* sbrk(size_t); +/* NVef: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %e-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SCALBNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is - * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ - -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ +#define IVdf "ld" /**/ +#define UVuf "lu" /**/ +#define UVof "lo" /**/ +#define UVxf "lx" /**/ +#define UVXf "lX" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.3")) /**/ -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ - -/* HAS_SQRTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is - * available to do long double square roots. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ -/* HAS_STRLCAT - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat routine is - * available to do string concatenation. +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.3")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ -/* HAS_STRLCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy routine is - * available to do string copying. +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. +/* STARTPERL: + * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl + * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not + * some shell. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ +#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +#define STDCHAR char /**/ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); +/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array + * holding the stdio streams. */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ +/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. + * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. + */ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir(DIR*); +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ -/* HAS_UALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is - * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. */ -/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ -/* HAS_UNORDERED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is - * available to check whether two doubles are unordered - * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* USE_64_BIT_INT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible + * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. + * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory + * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. +/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible + * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will + * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is + * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not + * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or + * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT +/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_WRITEV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is - * available to do scatter writes. +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL +/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_LARGE_FILES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support + * should be used when available. */ -/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ +#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES +#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +#endif -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. +/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should + * be used when available. */ -#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ +#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE +/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#endif -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. +/* USE_MORE_BITS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and + * long doubles should be used when available. */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. +#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS +/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ +#endif + +/* MULTIPLICITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use multiplicity. */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +#ifndef MULTIPLICITY +#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ +#endif -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_PERLIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should + * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be + * used in a fully backward compatible manner. */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ +#ifndef USE_PERLIO +#define USE_PERLIO /**/ +#endif -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. +/* USE_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use socks. */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. +#ifndef USE_SOCKS +/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. */ -/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. */ -/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. */ -/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. */ -#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ - -/* I_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ - -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ - -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions */ -/*#define I_PROT /**/ - -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ - -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ - -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ - -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif -/* NEED_VA_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores - * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format - * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some - * other means must be used when copying is required. - * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) - * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- - * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ -/* IVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. - */ -/* UVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. - */ -/* I8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. - */ -/* U8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. - */ -/* I16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. - */ -/* U16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. - */ -/* I32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. - */ -/* U32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. - */ -/* I64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. - */ -/* U64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. - */ -/* NVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. - */ -/* IVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). - */ -/* UVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). - */ -/* I8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). - */ -/* U8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). - */ -/* I16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). - */ -/* U16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). - */ -/* I32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). - */ -/* U32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). - */ -/* I64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). - */ -/* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: - * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. +/* HAS_AINTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is + * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. */ -#define IVTYPE long /**/ -#define UVTYPE unsigned long /**/ -#define I8TYPE char /**/ -#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ -#define I16TYPE short /**/ -#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ -#define I32TYPE long /**/ -#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ -#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ -#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ -#endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 -#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. +/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is + * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. */ -/* UVXf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. +/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ + +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ + +/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" + * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. +#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ + +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#define IVdf "ld" /**/ -#define UVuf "lu" /**/ -#define UVof "lo" /**/ -#define UVxf "lx" /**/ -#define UVXf "lX" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ -/* STARTPERL: - * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl - * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not - * some shell. +/* HAS_ILOGBL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is + * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. */ -#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ +/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ -/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array - * holding the stdio streams. - */ -/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. +/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION + * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ -/* USE_64_BIT_INT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible - * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. - * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory - * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. - */ -/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible - * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will - * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is - * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not - * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or - * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT -/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ -#endif - -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL -/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ -/* USE_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use 'fast stdio'. - * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO -/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_LARGE_FILES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support - * should be used when available. +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. */ -#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES -#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ #endif -/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should - * be used when available. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope + * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of + * a thread attribute object. */ -#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE -/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ -/* USE_MORE_BITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and - * long doubles should be used when available. +/* HAS_SCALBNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is + * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. */ -#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS -/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ -/* MULTIPLICITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use multiplicity. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICITY -#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* USE_PERLIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should - * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be - * used in a fully backward compatible manner. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -#ifndef USE_PERLIO -#define USE_PERLIO /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ -/* USE_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use socks. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); */ -#ifndef USE_SOCKS -/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_STRLCAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is + * available to do string concatenation. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_STRLCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is + * available to do string copying. */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define I_FP /**/ -/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine - * is available to asctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. - * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r - * is defined. +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ -#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. +/* USE_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use 'fast stdio'. + * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. */ -/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. - * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r - * is defined. +#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO +/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ +#endif + +/* PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries + * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ -#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "" /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine @@ -3538,45 +4025,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CTERMID_R /**/ #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine - * is available to ctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* CTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. - * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ -#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_DRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine - * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. - * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ -#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine - * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ -#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -3616,19 +4064,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine - * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ -#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -3642,45 +4077,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -3720,19 +4116,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine - * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. - * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ -#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -3811,45 +4194,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine - * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ -#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine - * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ -#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine - * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ -#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -3882,99 +4226,18 @@ */ /* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r. - * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ -#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine - * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ -#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GMTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine - * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. - * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ -#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available to setup fork handlers. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ - -/* HAS_RANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine - * is available to random re-entrantly. - */ -/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. - * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ -#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ +#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available to setup fork handlers. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ /* HAS_READDIR64_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine @@ -3989,32 +4252,6 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR64_R /**/ #define READDIR64_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_READDIR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine - * is available to readdir re-entrantly. - */ -/* READDIR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. - * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ -#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine - * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ -#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -4067,19 +4304,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine - * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ -#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -4093,58 +4317,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine - * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. - * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ -#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine - * is available to srandom re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. - * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ -#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine - * is available to strerror re-entrantly. - */ -/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. - * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ -#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. - * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. @@ -4158,157 +4330,4 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. - */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ - -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ - #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc64 b/win32/config_H.vc64 index a298250..69033c3 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.vc64 +++ b/win32/config_H.vc64 @@ -26,12 +26,6 @@ */ #define LOC_SED "" /**/ -/* HAS_AINTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is - * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. - */ -/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ - /* HAS_ALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is * available. @@ -710,12 +704,6 @@ */ #define I_MATH /**/ -/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION - * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. - */ -/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ - /* I_MEMORY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -881,47 +869,6 @@ */ /*#define I_VFORK /**/ -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. - */ -#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ -# define QUADKIND 4 /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif - /* HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is * available to do extended access checks. @@ -946,6 +893,40 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. + */ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. + */ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -957,6 +938,69 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... @@ -1000,6 +1044,86 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +#define CPPMINUS "" +#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine + * is available to asctime re-entrantly. + */ +/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. + * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ +#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1021,794 +1145,743 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. + * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ +#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_CTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine + * is available to ctime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* CTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. + * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ +/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ +#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. +/* HAS_DRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine + * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. + * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ +#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48(void); */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine + * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r + * is defined. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ +#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine + * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r + * is defined. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ +#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. */ -#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. */ -#define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.3")) /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.3")) /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine + * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ +/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. + * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ +#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "" -#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" -#define CPPLAST "" +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ - -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: - * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results +/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine + * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. +/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ +#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. +/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine + * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. +/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ +#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. +/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine + * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. +/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ +#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine + * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ +#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_GMTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine + * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. +/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. + * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ +/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ +#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ /* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long @@ -1837,12 +1910,32 @@ #define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ #endif +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -1850,6 +1943,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -1862,48 +1962,217 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_RANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine + * is available to random re-entrantly. + */ +/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. + * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ +#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_READDIR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine + * is available to readdir re-entrantly. + */ +/* READDIR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ +#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk(int); + * extern void* sbrk(size_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine + * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ +#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ /* HAS_SETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is @@ -1917,12 +2186,31 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + /* HAS_SETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. */ /*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ +/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine + * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ +#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETSERVENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is * available. @@ -1936,25 +2224,60 @@ */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SHM /**/ -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ /* HAS_SOCKET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is @@ -2003,6 +2326,44 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* HAS_SRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine + * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. + * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ +#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine + * is available to srandom re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. + * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ +#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. @@ -2011,10 +2372,103 @@ /*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ #endif -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ /* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is @@ -2030,12 +2484,100 @@ #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ #define Strerror(e) strerror(e) +/* HAS_STRERROR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine + * is available to strerror re-entrantly. + */ +/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. + * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ +#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ + /* HAS_STRTOUL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ #define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir(DIR*); + */ +#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_UALARM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is + * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. + */ +/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ + /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is * defined by including . If not, the user code @@ -2058,6 +2600,19 @@ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ +/* HAS_UNORDERED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is + * available to check whether two doubles are unordered + * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) + */ +/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + /* HAS_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ @@ -2071,45 +2626,213 @@ */ #define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* HAS_WRITEV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is + * available to do scatter writes. */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ +/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. */ -/*#define I_NDBM /**/ +#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define I_NETDB /**/ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ + +/* I_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NETDB /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ /* PWQUOTA: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd @@ -2153,1386 +2876,1141 @@ /*#define PWGECOS /**/ /*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ + +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ -/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, - * not from sig_name (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name_init list. - * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, - * not from sig_num (which is unused). - */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME - * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. */ -#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ -/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is - * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ - -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ -/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" - * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ +#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP /**/ -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. +/* NEED_VA_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores + * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format + * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some + * other means must be used when copying is required. + * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) + * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- + * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ +/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ +#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ +# define QUADKIND 4 /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 +#endif -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. +/* IVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. +/* UVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. +/* I8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. +/* U8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* I16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* U16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. +/* I32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* U32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. +/* I64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - -/* HAS_ILOGBL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is - * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* U64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. */ -/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. +/* NVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* IVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. +/* UVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. +/* I8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. +/* U8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. +/* I16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ - -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. +/* U16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. +/* I32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. +/* U32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. +/* I64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). */ -/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. +/* U64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. +/* NVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: + * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. +/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ +#define IVTYPE __int64 /**/ +#define UVTYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ +#define I8TYPE char /**/ +#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ +#define I16TYPE short /**/ +#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ +#define I32TYPE long /**/ +#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ +#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ +#endif +#define NVTYPE double /**/ +#define IVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define UVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ +#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ +#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ +#endif +#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ +#undef NV_PRESERVES_UV +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 53 +#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +#if 8 == 8 +# ifdef BYTEORDER +# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# else +# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. +/* IVdf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV + * as a signed decimal integer. */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. +/* UVuf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned decimal integer. */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* UVof: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned octal integer. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope - * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of - * a thread attribute object. +/* UVxf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ - -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need - * and there I_SYSUIO. +/* UVXf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/* NVef: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %e-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk(int); - * extern void* sbrk(size_t); +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SCALBNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is - * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. */ -/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ +#define IVdf "I64d" /**/ +#define UVuf "I64u" /**/ +#define UVof "I64o" /**/ +#define UVxf "I64x" /**/ +#define UVXf "I64X" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.3")) /**/ -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ +#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ -/* HAS_STRLCAT - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat routine is - * available to do string concatenation. +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRLCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy routine is - * available to do string copying. +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.3\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.3")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. */ -#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ +#define Size_t_size 8 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +#define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); +/* STARTPERL: + * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl + * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not + * some shell. */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ +#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir(DIR*); +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ +#define STDCHAR char /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array + * holding the stdio streams. */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_UALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is - * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. +/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. + * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. */ -/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY -/* HAS_UNORDERED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is - * available to check whether two doubles are unordered - * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. */ -/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_WRITEV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is - * available to do scatter writes. - */ -/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. +/* USE_64_BIT_INT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible + * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. + * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory + * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. +/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible + * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will + * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is + * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not + * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or + * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT +#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ +#endif -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL +/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ +#endif -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. +/* USE_LARGE_FILES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support + * should be used when available. */ -#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ +#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES +#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +#endif -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should + * be used when available. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ +#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE +/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#endif -/* I_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_MORE_BITS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and + * long doubles should be used when available. */ -/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS +/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ +#endif -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* MULTIPLICITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use multiplicity. */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ +#ifndef MULTIPLICITY +#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ +#endif -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* USE_PERLIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should + * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be + * used in a fully backward compatible manner. */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ +#ifndef USE_PERLIO +#define USE_PERLIO /**/ +#endif -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use socks. */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ +#ifndef USE_SOCKS +/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ +#endif -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ - -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/*#define I_PROT /**/ - -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ - -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats */ -/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ - -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions */ -/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ +/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: + * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ + +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* NEED_VA_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores - * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format - * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some - * other means must be used when copying is required. - * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) - * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- - * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ -/* IVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. - */ -/* UVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. - */ -/* I8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. - */ -/* U8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. - */ -/* I16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. - */ -/* U16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. - */ -/* I32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. - */ -/* U32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. - */ -/* I64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. - */ -/* U64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. - */ -/* NVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. - */ -/* IVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). - */ -/* UVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). - */ -/* I8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). - */ -/* U8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). - */ -/* I16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). - */ -/* U16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). - */ -/* I32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). - */ -/* U32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). - */ -/* I64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). - */ -/* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: - * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define IVTYPE __int64 /**/ -#define UVTYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ -#define I8TYPE char /**/ -#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ -#define I16TYPE short /**/ -#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ -#define I32TYPE long /**/ -#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ -#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ -#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ -#endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#undef NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 53 -#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. - */ -/* UVXf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. - */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); */ -#define IVdf "I64d" /**/ -#define UVuf "I64u" /**/ -#define UVof "I64o" /**/ -#define UVxf "I64x" /**/ -#define UVXf "I64X" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ -/* STARTPERL: - * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl - * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not - * some shell. +/* HAS_AINTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is + * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. */ -#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ +/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ -/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array - * holding the stdio streams. - */ -/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. +/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is + * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ -/* USE_64_BIT_INT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible - * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. - * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory - * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. - */ -/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible - * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will - * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is - * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not - * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or - * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT -#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ -#endif - -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL -/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ -/* USE_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use 'fast stdio'. - * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO -/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ -/* USE_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use 'fast stdio'. - * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. +/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" + * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. */ -#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO -/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ -#endif +#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ -/* USE_LARGE_FILES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support - * should be used when available. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES -#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ -#endif +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should - * be used when available. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE -/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ -/* USE_MORE_BITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and - * long doubles should be used when available. +/* HAS_ILOGBL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is + * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. */ -#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS -/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ -/* MULTIPLICITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use multiplicity. +/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION + * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICITY -#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ -#endif +/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ -/* USE_PERLIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should - * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be - * used in a fully backward compatible manner. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -#ifndef USE_PERLIO -#define USE_PERLIO /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ -/* USE_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use socks. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -#ifndef USE_SOCKS -/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. + */ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ #endif -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope + * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of + * a thread attribute object. */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_SCALBNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is + * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is + * available to do string concatenation. */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). +/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is + * available to do string copying. */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine - * is available to asctime re-entrantly. +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. - * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r - * is defined. +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ + +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ + +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ -#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. +/* USE_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use 'fast stdio'. + * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. */ -/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. - * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r - * is defined. +#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO +/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ +#endif + +/* PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries + * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ -#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "" /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine @@ -3547,45 +4025,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CTERMID_R /**/ #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine - * is available to ctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* CTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. - * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ -#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_DRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine - * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. - * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ -#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine - * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ -#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. @@ -3625,19 +4064,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine - * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ -#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. @@ -3651,45 +4077,6 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -3729,19 +4116,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine - * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. - * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ -#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. @@ -3820,45 +4194,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine - * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ -#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine - * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ -#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine - * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. - * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ -#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. @@ -3891,99 +4226,18 @@ */ /* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r. - * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ -#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine - * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ -#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GMTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine - * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. - * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ -#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available to setup fork handlers. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ - -/* HAS_RANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine - * is available to random re-entrantly. - */ -/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. - * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ -#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ +#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available to setup fork handlers. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ /* HAS_READDIR64_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine @@ -3998,32 +4252,6 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR64_R /**/ #define READDIR64_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_READDIR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine - * is available to readdir re-entrantly. - */ -/* READDIR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. - * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ -#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine - * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ -#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. @@ -4076,19 +4304,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine - * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. - * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ -#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. @@ -4102,58 +4317,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine - * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. - * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ -#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine - * is available to srandom re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. - * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ -#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_STRERROR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine - * is available to strerror re-entrantly. - */ -/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. - * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ -#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. - * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. @@ -4167,157 +4330,4 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. - */ -#define Size_t_size 8 /**/ - -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ - #endif